]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
658e127bd2b378ab53aab6b444a61e9b2faddb71
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 234:
4
5 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
6 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
7 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
8 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
9 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
10 summary:
11
12 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
13
14 becomes:
15
16 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
17
18 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
19 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
20 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
21 .device units.
22
23 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
24 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
25 running a systemd user instance.
26
27 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
28 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
29 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
30 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
31 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
32 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
33
34 * .link files now understand the new Port= setting.
35
36 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
37 (domain search list).
38
39 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
40 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
41 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
42 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
43 implementation of RA.
44
45 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
46 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
47 ISO date values.
48
49 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
50 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
51 devices.
52
53 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
54 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
55 option.
56
57 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
58 for processing internationalized domain names. The old version
59 remains supported, as it has a much smaller footprint.
60
61 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
62 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
63 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
64 SHA256SUMS files.
65
66 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
67 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
68
69 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
70
71 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
72
73 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
74 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
75
76 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
77 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
78 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
79 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
80
81 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
82 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
83 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
84 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
85 removed after the all plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
86 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
87
88 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos,
89 Alexander Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Amir Pakdel,
90 Amir Yalon, Anchor Cat, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert, Charles
91 Plessy, Christian Brauner, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb, codekipper,
92 Danielle Church, Daniel Drake, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel
93 Wang, Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson,
94 Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst,
95 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
96 flussence, Franck Bui, Gary Tierney, George McCollister, hadess,
97 hanklank, Hans de Goede, hecke, hendrikw01, Hristo Venev, Ian
98 Wienand, iplayinsun, Ivan Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing,
99 Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John
100 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg Thalheim, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne,
101 Kai Krakow, kjackiewicz, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili, Lucas
102 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcin Bachry, Mark
103 Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van
104 Duin, Matt Clarkson, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal
105 Sekletar, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis, Neil Brown, Pascal S. de
106 Kloe, Patrik Flykt, Pat Riehecky, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer,
107 Philip Withnall, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf
108 Wichertjes, Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki,
109 steelman, Susant Sahani, Ted W, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
110 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann,
111 Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, umuttl, userwithuid,
112 Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, wiertel, Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe,
113 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
114
115 — Berlin, 2017-06-XX
116
117 CHANGES WITH 233:
118
119 * This version requires at least gperf 3.1 for building, 3.0 is not
120 sufficient.
121
122 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
123 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
124 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
125 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
126 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
127 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
128 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
129 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
130 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
131
132 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
133 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
134 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
135 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
136 default selected on the configure command line
137 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
138 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
139 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
140 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
141 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
142 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
143 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
144 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
145 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
146 greatest stability and compatibility only.
147
148 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
149 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
150 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
151 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
152 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
153 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
154 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
155 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
156 further details about this.)
157
158 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
159 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
160 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
161
162 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
163 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
164
165 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
166 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
167 with 'make install-tests'.
168
169 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
170 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
171 kernel.
172
173 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
174 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
175 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
176 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
177 by the Slice= option.
178
179 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
180 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
181 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
182 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
183
184 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
185 following choices:
186
187 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
188 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
189 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
190 (h)elp
191 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
192 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
193 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
194 (y)es, execute the command
195
196 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
197 because its meaning was confusing.
198
199 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
200 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
201
202 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
203 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
204 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
205
206 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
207 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
208 state directly, without executing these commands.
209
210 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
211 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
212 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
213
214 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
215 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
216 combination with After=) have been started.
217
218 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
219 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
220 setting, and which system calls they contain.
221
222 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
223 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
224 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
225 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
226 configuration related calls.
227
228 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
229 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
230 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
231 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
232 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
233 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
234 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
235
236 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
237 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
238
239 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
240 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
241 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
242
243 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
244 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
245
246 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
247 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
248 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
249 for compatibility.
250
251 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
252 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
253
254 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
255 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
256
257 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
258 support for negative matching.
259
260 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
261
262 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
263 permitted runtime of the mount command.
264
265 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
266 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
267 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
268 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
269 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
270 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
271 removed from the drive.
272
273 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
274 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
275
276 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
277 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
278
279 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
280 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
281 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
282
283 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
284 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
285 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
286 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
287 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
288 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
289 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
290
291 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
292 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
293 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
294 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
295 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
296 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
297
298 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
299 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
300
301 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
302 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
303 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
304 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
305 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
306 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
307 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
308 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
309
310 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
311 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
312 including all control processes.
313
314 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
315 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
316 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
317
318 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
319 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
320 prefixing the source path with "+".
321
322 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
323 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
324 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
325 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
326 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
327 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
328 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
329 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
330
331 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
332 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
333 before).
334
335 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
336 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
337 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
338 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
339 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
340 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
341 the new --root-hash= command line option).
342
343 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
344 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
345 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
346 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
347 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
348 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
349 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
350 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
351 versions.
352
353 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
354 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
355 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
356 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
357 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
358 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
359 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
360 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
361 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
362 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
363 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
364 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
365 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
366 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
367 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
368 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
369 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
370 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
371 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
372 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
373 a Verity-enabled root partition.
374
375 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
376 accelerometer quirks.
377
378 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
379 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
380 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
381 ID of each service.
382
383 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
384 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
385 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
386 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
387 view.
388
389 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
390 environment variables:
391
392 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
393
394 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
395 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
396 address.
397
398 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
399 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
400 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
401
402 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
403 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
404 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
405 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
406 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
407 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
408 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
409 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
410 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
411 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
412 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
413 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
414 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
415
416 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
417 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
418 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
419
420 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
421 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
422
423 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
424 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
425 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
426 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
427 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
428
429 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
430 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
431 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
432
433 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
434 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
435
436 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
437 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
438 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
439 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
440
441 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
442 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
443 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
444 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
445 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
446 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
447 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
448 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
449 possibly even including full integrity data.
450
451 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
452 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
453 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
454 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
455 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
456
457 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
458 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
459 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
460 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
461 directly with systemd-nspawn.
462
463 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
464 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
465 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
466 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
467
468 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
469 of coredumps in reverse order.
470
471 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
472 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
473 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
474 additional informational message in its output.
475
476 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
477 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
478 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
479
480 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
481 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
482 scripting languages such as Python.
483
484 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
485 namespacing is enabled for them.
486
487 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
488 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
489 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
490 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
491 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
492 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
493
494 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
495 root key (KSK).
496
497 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
498 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
499 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
500
501 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
502 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
503 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
504 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
505 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
506 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
507 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
508 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
509 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
510 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
511 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
512 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
513 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
514 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
515 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
516 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
517 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
518 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
519 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
520 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
521 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
522 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
523 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
524 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
525 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
526 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
527 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
528 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
529 Тихонов
530
531 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
532
533 CHANGES WITH 232:
534
535 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
536 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
537 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
538 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
539 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
540 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
541
542 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
543 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
544
545 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
546 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
547 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
548
549 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
550 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
551 to be remounted read-only for a service.
552
553 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
554 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
555 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
556 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
557
558 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
559 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
560
561 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
562 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
563 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
564
565 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
566 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
567 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
568 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
569 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
570 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
571 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
572 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
573 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
574 permanent modifications to the system.
575
576 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
577 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
578 container or chroot environments.
579
580 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
581 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
582 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
583 mapped to nobody.
584
585 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
586 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
587 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
588 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
589
590 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
591 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
592
593 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
594 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
595 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
596 and the support is provisional.
597
598 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
599 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
600 unit files in the file system).
601
602 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
603 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
604 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
605 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
606 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
607 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
608 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
609 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
610 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
611 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
612 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
613 state is fixed automatically.
614
615 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
616 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
617 option.
618
619 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
620 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
621 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
622 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
623 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
624 else.
625
626 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
627 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
628 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
629 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
630 bootable on physical systems.
631
632 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
633
634 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
635 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
636 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
637 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
638 used.
639
640 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
641 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
642 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
643 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
644
645 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
646
647 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
648 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
649 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
650 of the container).
651
652 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
653 files from the specified location.
654
655 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
656 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
657 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
658 be active.
659
660 * The hardware database has been extended to support
661 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
662 trackball devices.
663
664 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
665 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
666 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
667
668 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
669 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
670 specified service binary exited.)
671
672 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
673 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
674
675 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
676 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
677 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
678 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
679 --since= and --until= options.
680
681 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
682 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
683 are automatically propagated to the container.
684
685 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
686 from a single IP address can be limited with
687 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
688 MaxConnections=.
689
690 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
691 configuration.
692
693 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
694 drop-ins.
695
696 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
697 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
698 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
699 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
700 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
701 [Link] section of .link files.
702
703 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
704 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
705 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
706 section of .netdev files.
707
708 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
709 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
710 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
711
712 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
713 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
714 .network files.
715
716 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
717 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
718 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
719 service runtime cycle.
720
721 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
722 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
723 has been traditionally doing.
724
725 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
726 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
727 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
728 prevent any later plugins from running.
729
730 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
731 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
732 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
733 default of SplitMode=uid.
734
735 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
736 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
737 useful.
738
739 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
740 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
741 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
742 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
743 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
744 individual namespaces.
745
746 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
747 the output, as well as OS release information.
748
749 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
750
751 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
752 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
753 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
754 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
755 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
756
757 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
758 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
759 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
760 severed.
761
762 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
763 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
764 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
765 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
766 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
767 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
768 information about exit statuses and results.
769
770 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
771 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
772 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
773 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
774 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
775 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
776
777 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
778
779 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
780 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
781 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
782 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
783 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
784 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
785 entirely.
786
787 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
788 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
789 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
790
791 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
792 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
793 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
794 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
795 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
796 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
797 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
798 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
799 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
800 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
801 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
802 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
803 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
804 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
805 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
806 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
807 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
808
809 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
810 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
811 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
812 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
813
814 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
815 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
816 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
817 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
818
819 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
820 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
821 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
822 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
823 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
824 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
825 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
826 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
827 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
828 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
829 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
830 fragment entirely.)
831
832 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
833 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
834 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
835
836 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
837 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
838 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
839 FileDescriptorName= setting.
840
841 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
842 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
843 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
844 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
845 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
846 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
847
848 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
849 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
850
851 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
852 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
853
854 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
855 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
856 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
857 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
858 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
859
860 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
861 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
862 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
863 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
864 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
865 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
866 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
867 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
868 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
869 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
870 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
871 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
872 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
873 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
874 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
875 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
876 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
877 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
878 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
879 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
880 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
881 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
882 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
883 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
884 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
885 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
886
887 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
888
889 CHANGES WITH 231:
890
891 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
892 with an additional special character as first argument of the
893 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
894 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
895 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
896 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
897 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
898 independently.
899
900 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
901 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
902
903 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
904 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
905 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
906 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
907 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
908 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
909 values.
910
911 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
912 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
913 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
914 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
915 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
916
917 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
918 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
919 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
920 7:10am every day.
921
922 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
923 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
924 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
925 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
926 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
927 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
928 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
929 available for compatibility.
930
931 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
932 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
933 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
934 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
935 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
936 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
937
938 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
939 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
940 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
941 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
942 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
943 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
944 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
945 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
946 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
947
948 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
949 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
950 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
951 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
952 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
953 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
954 desired options.
955
956 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
957 cgroupsv2.
958
959 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
960 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
961 limited to subgroups of that group.
962
963 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
964 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
965 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
966 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
967 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
968 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
969 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
970 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
971
972 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
973 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
974 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
975 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
976 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
977 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
978 own long-running services.
979
980 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
981 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
982 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
983 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
984
985 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
986 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
987 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
988 propagates this notification further to the service manager
989 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
990 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
991 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
992 primitives.
993
994 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
995 "terminate".
996
997 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
998 link-local IPv6 addresses.
999
1000 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1001 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1002 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1003 --flush-caches".
1004
1005 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1006 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1007 is shown.
1008
1009 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1010 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1011 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1012 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1013 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1014 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1015
1016 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1017 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1018 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1019 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1020 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1021 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1022 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1023 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1024 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1025 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1026 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1027 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1028 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1029 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1030 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1031 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1032 bus API instead.
1033
1034 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1035 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1036 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1037 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1038
1039 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1040 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1041 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1042 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1043
1044 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1045 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1046 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1047
1048 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1049 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1050
1051 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1052 interface configuration.
1053
1054 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1055 specifying the --force switch.
1056
1057 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1058 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1059 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1060
1061 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1062 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1063 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1064 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1065 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1066 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1067 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1068 to be handled.
1069
1070 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1071 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1072
1073 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1074 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1075
1076 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1077 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1078 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1079
1080 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1081 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1082
1083 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1084 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1085 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1086 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1087 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1088 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1089 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1090 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1091 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1092 library.
1093
1094 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1095 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1096 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1097 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1098 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1099 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1100 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1101 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1102 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1103 HACKING for details.
1104
1105 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1106 distribution's bugtracker.
1107
1108 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1109 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1110 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1111 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1112 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1113 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1114 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1115 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1116 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1117 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1118 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1119 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1120 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1121 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1122 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1123 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1124 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1125 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1126 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1127
1128 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1129
1130 CHANGES WITH 230:
1131
1132 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1133 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1134 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1135 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1136 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1137 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1138 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1139 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1140 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1141 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1142 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1143 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1144 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1145 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1146 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1147 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1148 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1149 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1150 applications.)
1151
1152 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1153 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1154 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1155
1156 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1157 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1158 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1159 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1160 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1161 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1162 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1163
1164 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1165 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1166 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1167 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1168 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1169 command works for tmux.
1170
1171 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1172 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1173 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1174 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1175 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1176 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1177
1178 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1179 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1180
1181 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1182 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1183 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1184
1185 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1186
1187 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1188 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1189 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1190 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1191 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1192
1193 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1194 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1195 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1196 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1197
1198 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1199 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1200 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1201 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1202 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1203 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1204
1205 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1206 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1207 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1208
1209 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1210 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1211 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1212 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1213 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1214 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1215
1216 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1217 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1218 address.
1219
1220 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1221 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1222 should be emitted.
1223
1224 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1225 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1226 supported.
1227
1228 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1229 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1230 logging performance.
1231
1232 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1233 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1234 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1235 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1236 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1237 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1238
1239 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1240 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1241 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1242 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1243
1244 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1245 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1246
1247 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1248 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1249 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1250
1251 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1252
1253 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1254 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1255 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1256 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1257
1258 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1259 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1260 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1261 refuse to operate on such files.
1262
1263 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1264 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1265 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1266
1267 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1268 just hidden container images.
1269
1270 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1271 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1272
1273 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1274 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1275 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1276 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1277 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1278 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1279 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1280 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1281 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1282 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1283 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1284
1285 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1286 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1287 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1288 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1289 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1290 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1291 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1292 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1293 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1294 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1295 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1296 terminates.
1297
1298 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1299 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1300 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1301 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1302
1303 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1304 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1305 rate of the socket unit.
1306
1307 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1308 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1309 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1310 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1311 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1312
1313 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1314 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1315 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1316 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1317 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1318 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1319 with this.
1320
1321 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1322 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1323
1324 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1325 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1326
1327 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1328 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1329 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1330 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1331 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1332
1333 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1334 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1335 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1336
1337 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1338 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1339 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1340 target is now included in early userspace.
1341
1342 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1343 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1344 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1345 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1346 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1347 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1348 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1349 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1350 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1351 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1352 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1353 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1354 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1355 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1356 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1357 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1358 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1359 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1360 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1361 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1362 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1363 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1364 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1365 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1366 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1367 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1368
1369 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1370
1371 CHANGES WITH 229:
1372
1373 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1374 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1375 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1376 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1377 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1378 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1379 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1380 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1381 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1382 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1383 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1384 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1385 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1386
1387 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1388 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1389 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1390 /usr/bin.
1391
1392 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1393 devices.
1394
1395 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1396 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1397 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1398 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1399 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1400 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1401 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1402 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1403 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1404 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1405 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1406 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1407 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1408 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1409 this limit.
1410
1411 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1412 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1413 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1414 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1415 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1416 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1417 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1418 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1419
1420 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1421 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1422 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1423 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1424 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1425 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1426 and group at package installation time.
1427
1428 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1429 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1430 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1431 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1432 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1433
1434 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1435 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1436 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1437 supports it.
1438
1439 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1440 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1441
1442 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1443 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1444 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1445 file is already initialized.
1446
1447 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1448 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1449 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1450 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1451 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1452 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1453 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1454 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1455 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1456
1457 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1458 working directory for the process started in the container.
1459
1460 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1461 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1462 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1463 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1464 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1465
1466 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1467 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1468 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1469
1470 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1471 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1472 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1473 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1474
1475 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1476 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1477 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1478 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1479 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1480
1481 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1482 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1483 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1484 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1485
1486 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1487 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1488 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1489 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1490 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1491 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1492 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1493 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1494 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1495 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1496 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1497 by PID 1.
1498
1499 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1500 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1501 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1502 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1503 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1504 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1505 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1506 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1507
1508 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1509
1510 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1511 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1512 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1513
1514 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1515 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1516 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1517 recent kernels.
1518
1519 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1520 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1521
1522 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1523 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1524 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1525 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1526 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1527 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1528 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1529 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1530 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1531 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1532 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1533 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1534 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1535
1536 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1537 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1538 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1539 clusters or larger setups.
1540
1541 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1542
1543 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1544 sockets.
1545
1546 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1547
1548 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1549 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1550 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1551 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1552 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1553 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1554
1555 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1556 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1557 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1558
1559 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1560 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
1561 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1562 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
1563
1564 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
1565
1566 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1567 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1568 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1569 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1570 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1571 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1572 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1573 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1574 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1575 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1576 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1577 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1578 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1579 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1580 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1581 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1582 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1583 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1584 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1585
1586 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
1587
1588 CHANGES WITH 228:
1589
1590 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1591 files are now also available as properties to set when
1592 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1593 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1594 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1595 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1596 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1597 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1598 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1599
1600 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1601 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1602 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
1603
1604 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1605 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1606 created transiently.
1607
1608 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1609 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1610 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1611 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1612 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
1613 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
1614 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1615 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1616
1617 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1618 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1619 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1620
1621 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1622 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1623 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1624 enabled.
1625
1626 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1627 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1628 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1629 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1630 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1631 subvolumes.
1632
1633 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1634 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1635
1636 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
1637 individual indexes.
1638
1639 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1640 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1641 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1642 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1643 suffixes now.
1644
1645 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1646 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1647 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1648 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1649 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1650 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1651 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1652 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1653 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1654 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1655 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1656 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1657 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1658 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1659 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1660 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1661 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1662 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1663 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1664 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1665 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1666
1667 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1668 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1669 links between the host and the container.
1670
1671 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1672 added that allows importing select environment variables
1673 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1674 the service.
1675
1676 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
1677 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
1678 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1679 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1680 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1681 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1682 than until they first elapse.
1683
1684 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
1685 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1686 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
1687 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1688 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1689 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1690 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1691 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1692
1693 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1694 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1695 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1696 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1697 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1698 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1699 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
1700 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
1701 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1702 journal and in coredump handling.
1703
1704 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1705 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1706 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
1707 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
1708 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1709 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1710 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1711 software you package still references it, as this is a
1712 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1713 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1714
1715 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
1716
1717 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1718 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1719
1720 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1721 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1722 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1723
1724 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1725 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1726 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1727 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1728 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1729 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1730 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1731 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1732 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1733 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1734 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1735 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1736 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1737 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1738 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1739 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1740
1741 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1742 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1743 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1744 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1745 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1746 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1747 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1748 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1749 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1750 surprises.
1751
1752 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
1753 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
1754 to the various user database fields of the user that the
1755 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
1756 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
1757 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
1758 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
1759 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
1760 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
1761 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
1762 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
1763 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
1764 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
1765 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
1766 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
1767 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
1768 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
1769 of PID 1 is the root user).
1770
1771 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
1772 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
1773 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1774 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
1775 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1776 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
1777 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1778 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
1779 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
1780 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
1781 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
1782 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
1783 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
1784 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
1785 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1786
1787 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
1788
1789 CHANGES WITH 227:
1790
1791 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
1792 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
1793 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
1794
1795 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
1796 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
1797 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
1798 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
1799 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
1800 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
1801
1802 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
1803 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
1804 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
1805 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
1806 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
1807
1808 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
1809 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
1810 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
1811 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
1812 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
1813 packets on unestablished sockets.
1814
1815 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
1816 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
1817 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
1818 automatically.
1819
1820 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
1821 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
1822 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
1823
1824 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
1825 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
1826 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
1827 for disk IO.
1828
1829 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
1830 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
1831 removed.
1832
1833 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
1834 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
1835 directory is set to the home directory of the user
1836 configured in User=.
1837
1838 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
1839 directory of the selected user by default.
1840
1841 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
1842 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
1843 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
1844 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
1845 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
1846 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
1847 compat reasons.
1848
1849 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
1850 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
1851 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
1852 units.
1853
1854 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
1855 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
1856 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
1857 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
1858 level.
1859
1860 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
1861 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
1862 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
1863 namespaces work correctly.
1864
1865 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
1866 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
1867 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
1868 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
1869 activation.
1870
1871 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
1872 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
1873 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
1874 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
1875 system instance in a container.
1876
1877 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
1878 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
1879 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
1880 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
1881 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
1882 connections.
1883
1884 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
1885 show the control groups within a certain container only.
1886
1887 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
1888 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
1889 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
1890 processes attached, or similar.
1891
1892 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
1893 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
1894 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
1895
1896 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
1897 specifiers like %i or %f.
1898
1899 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
1900 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
1901 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
1902 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
1903
1904 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
1905 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
1906 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
1907 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
1908 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
1909 descriptors using sd_notify().
1910
1911 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
1912
1913 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
1914 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
1915
1916 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
1917 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
1918
1919 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
1920 .network files.
1921
1922 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
1923 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
1924 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
1925 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
1926 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
1927 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
1928 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
1929 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
1930 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
1931 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
1932 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
1933 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
1934 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
1935 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
1936 gdm-autologin is used.
1937
1938 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
1939 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
1940 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
1941 next to the image file.
1942
1943 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
1944 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
1945 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
1946 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
1947
1948 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
1949 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
1950 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
1951 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
1952 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
1953 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
1954
1955 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
1956 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
1957 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
1958 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
1959 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
1960 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
1961 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
1962 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
1963 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
1964 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
1965 number of files in place.
1966
1967 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
1968 on kernels where that is supported.
1969
1970 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
1971
1972 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
1973 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
1974 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
1975 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1976 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
1977 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
1978 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
1979 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
1980 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
1981 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
1982 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1983 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1984 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
1985 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
1986 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
1987 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1988 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
1989 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
1990
1991 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
1992
1993 CHANGES WITH 226:
1994
1995 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
1996 new features:
1997
1998 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
1999 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2000 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2001 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2002 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2003 is any) is propagated.
2004
2005 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2006 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2007 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2008 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2009 information is enabled between host and containers by
2010 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2011 to what the host has set.
2012
2013 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2014 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2015
2016 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2017 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2018 information back, even if the server loses state.
2019
2020 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2021 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2022 PoolSize=.
2023
2024 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2025 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2026 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2027 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2028
2029 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2030 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2031 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2032 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2033 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2034
2035 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2036 for virtio devices.
2037
2038 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2039 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2040 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2041 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2042 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2043 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2044 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2045 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2046 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2047 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2048 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2049 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2050 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2051 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2052 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2053 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2054 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2055 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2056 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2057 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2058 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2059 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2060 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2061 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2062 grants them.
2063
2064 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2065 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2066 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2067 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2068 group tree.
2069
2070 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2071 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2072 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2073 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2074 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2075 work correctly in containers now.
2076
2077 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2078 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2079
2080 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2081 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2082 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2083 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2084 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2085
2086 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2087 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2088 signal events.
2089
2090 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2091 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2092 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2093 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2094 on these parameters.
2095
2096 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2097 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2098 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2099 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2100 nspawn command line.
2101
2102 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2103 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2104 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2105 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2106 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2107 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2108 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2109 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2110
2111 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2112
2113 CHANGES WITH 225:
2114
2115 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2116 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2117 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2118 shell directly without prompting for username or
2119 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2120 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2121 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2122 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2123 the originating session.
2124
2125 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2126 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2127
2128 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2129 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2130 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2131 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2132 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2133 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2134 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2135 this release.
2136
2137 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2138 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2139 messages.
2140
2141 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2142 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2143 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2144
2145 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2146 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2147
2148 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2149 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2150 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2151 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2152 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2153 posteriori.
2154
2155 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2156 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2157
2158 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2159 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2160 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2161 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2162 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2163 "lastlog" tools.
2164
2165 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2166 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2167 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2168 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2169 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2170
2171 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2172 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2173 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2174 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2175 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2176 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2177 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2178 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2179 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2180 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2181 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2182 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2183
2184 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2185
2186 CHANGES WITH 224:
2187
2188 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2189 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2190
2191 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2192 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2193 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2194
2195 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2196 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2197 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2198
2199 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2200
2201 CHANGES WITH 223:
2202
2203 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2204 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2205 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2206 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2207
2208 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2209 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2210
2211 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2212 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2213
2214 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2215
2216 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2217 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2218 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2219
2220 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2221 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2222 decapsulated packet.
2223
2224 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2225 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2226 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2227 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2228 netlink attribute.
2229
2230 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2231 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2232 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2233 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2234
2235 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2236 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2237 according to RFC2460.
2238
2239 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2240 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2241
2242 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2243 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2244 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2245
2246 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2247 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2248 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2249 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2250 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2251 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2252
2253 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2254 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2255 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2256 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2257 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2258 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2259 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2260 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2261 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2262 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2263
2264 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2265
2266 CHANGES WITH 222:
2267
2268 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2269 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2270 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2271
2272 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2273 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2274
2275 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2276 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2277 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2278 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2279 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2280
2281 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2282 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2283 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2284
2285 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2286 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2287 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2288 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2289 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2290
2291 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2292
2293 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2294 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2295 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2296 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2297 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2298 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2299 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2300 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2301 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2302 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2303
2304 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2305
2306 CHANGES WITH 221:
2307
2308 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2309 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2310 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2311 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2312 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2313 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2314 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2315 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2316 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2317 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2318 portable to other kernels.
2319
2320 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2321 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2322 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2323 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2324 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2325 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2326 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2327 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2328 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2329 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2330 systemd enabled.
2331
2332 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2333 2.26.
2334
2335 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2336 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2337 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2338 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2339 in README for details.
2340
2341 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2342 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2343 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2344 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2345 unit.
2346
2347 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2348 into man pages.
2349
2350 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2351 external project.
2352
2353 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2354 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2355
2356 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2357 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2358 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2359 state.
2360
2361 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2362 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2363 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2364
2365 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2366 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2367 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2368 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2369 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2370 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2371 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2372 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2373 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2374 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2375 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2376 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2377 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2378 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2379 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2380 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2381
2382 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2383
2384 CHANGES WITH 220:
2385
2386 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2387 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2388 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2389 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2390 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2391 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2392 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2393 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2394
2395 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2396 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2397 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2398 service consumed). This value is only available if
2399 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2400 in the "systemctl status" output.
2401
2402 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2403 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2404 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2405 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2406 previously was already the default behaviour).
2407
2408 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2409 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2410 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2411
2412 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2413 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2414 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2415 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2416
2417 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2418 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2419 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2420 journalling file systems that support external journal
2421 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2422 systems to be mounted.
2423
2424 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2425 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2426 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2427 stable release this should not be problematic.
2428
2429 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2430 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2431 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2432 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2433 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2434
2435 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2436 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2437 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2438 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2439 network switches.
2440
2441 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2442 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2443
2444 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2445 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2446 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2447
2448 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2449
2450 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2451 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2452 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2453 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2454 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2455 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2456 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2457 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2458 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2459 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2460 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2461 been fixed in v220.
2462
2463 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2464 systemd-networkd.
2465
2466 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2467 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2468 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2469 containers started from the command line.
2470
2471 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2472 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2473
2474 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2475 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2476 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2477 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2478
2479 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2480 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2481 when shutting down.
2482
2483 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2484 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2485 overlayfs support.
2486
2487 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2488 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2489 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2490 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2491 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2492 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2493 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2494
2495 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2496 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2497 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2498
2499 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2500 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2501 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2502 of v1 as before).
2503
2504 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2505 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2506
2507 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2508 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2509 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2510 their own sessions without further privileges or
2511 authorization.
2512
2513 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2514 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2515 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2516 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2517 accessible via a bus interface.
2518
2519 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2520 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2521 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2522 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2523 to cover this functionality.
2524
2525 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2526 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2527 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2528 disabled/masked also stopped.
2529
2530 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2531 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2532 updated to support systemd-boot.
2533
2534 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2535 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2536 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2537 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2538 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
2539 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
2540 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2541 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2542 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2543
2544 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2545 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2546 system.
2547
2548 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2549 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2550 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2551 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2552 device symlinks.
2553
2554 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2555 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2556 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2557 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2558
2559 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2560 stick devices has been added.
2561
2562 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2563 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2564
2565 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2566 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2567 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2568 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2569 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2570
2571 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2572 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2573 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2574
2575 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2576 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2577 Debian.
2578
2579 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2580 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2581 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2582
2583 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2584 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2585 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2586 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2587 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2588 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2589 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2590 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2591 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2592 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2593 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2594 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2595 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2596 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2597 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2598 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2599 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2600 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2601 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2602 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2603 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2604 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2605 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2606 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2607 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2608 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2609 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2610
2611 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
2612
2613 CHANGES WITH 219:
2614
2615 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2616 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2617 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2618 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2619 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2620 interface with and update the database.
2621
2622 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2623 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2624 before bytewise copying is done.
2625
2626 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2627 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2628 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2629 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2630 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2631 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2632 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2633 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2634 available on btrfs file systems.
2635
2636 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2637 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
2638 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
2639 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2640 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2641 systems.
2642
2643 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2644 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2645 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2646 mount point remains.
2647
2648 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2649 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2650 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2651 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2652 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2653 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2654 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2655 are disabled.
2656
2657 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2658 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2659 container to the host or vice versa.
2660
2661 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2662 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2663 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2664
2665 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2666 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2667
2668 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2669 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2670 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2671 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2672 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2673 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2674 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2675 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2676 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
2677 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
2678 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2679 make the functionality of importd available to the
2680 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2681 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2682 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2683 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2684 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2685 only fully supported on btrfs.
2686
2687 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2688 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2689 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2690 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2691 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2692 information about images.
2693
2694 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2695 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
2696 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
2697 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2698 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2699 legacy file systems).
2700
2701 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2702 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2703 shown in networkctl output.
2704
2705 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2706 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2707 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2708 processes as system services while interactively
2709 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2710 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2711 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2712 full login session, the difference being that the former
2713 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2714 setup.
2715
2716 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2717 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2718 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2719 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2720 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2721
2722 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2723 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2724 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2725 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2726 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2727 via qemu/kvm.
2728
2729 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2730 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2731 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2732 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2733 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2734 disk images, too.
2735
2736 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2737 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2738 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2739 integrate with that.
2740
2741 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2742 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2743 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2744 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2745
2746 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2747 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2748 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2749
2750 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2751 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
2752 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
2753 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
2754 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
2755 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
2756 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
2757 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
2758 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
2759 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
2760
2761 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
2762 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
2763 files.
2764
2765 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
2766 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
2767 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
2768 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
2769 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
2770 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
2771 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
2772 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
2773 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
2774 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
2775 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
2776 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
2777 explicitly turned on.
2778
2779 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
2780 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
2781 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
2782 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
2783
2784 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
2785 supported.
2786
2787 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
2788 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
2789 user/session following the status output. Similar,
2790 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
2791 associated with a virtual machine or container
2792 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
2793 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
2794 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
2795 output however.)
2796
2797 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
2798 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
2799 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
2800 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
2801 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
2802 caller's session/user.
2803
2804 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
2805 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
2806 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
2807 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
2808 user services.
2809
2810 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
2811 same way as unit files.
2812
2813 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
2814 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
2815 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
2816 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
2817 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
2818 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
2819 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
2820 the host.
2821
2822 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
2823 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
2824 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
2825 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
2826 the host as if their services were running directly on the
2827 host.
2828
2829 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
2830 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
2831 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
2832 updated to make use of it too by default.
2833
2834 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
2835 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
2836 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
2837 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
2838
2839 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
2840 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
2841 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
2842 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
2843 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
2844 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
2845 modification.
2846
2847 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
2848 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
2849 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
2850 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
2851 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
2852 information about Touchpad types.
2853
2854 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
2855 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
2856
2857 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
2858 Policy link field.
2859
2860 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
2861 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
2862
2863 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
2864 ACLs on files.
2865
2866 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
2867 tmpfs, automatically.
2868
2869 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
2870 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
2871 status" output, if available.
2872
2873 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
2874 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
2875 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
2876 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
2877 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
2878 run on next reboot.
2879
2880 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
2881 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
2882 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
2883 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
2884 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
2885 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
2886 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
2887
2888 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
2889 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
2890 after a configurable timeout.
2891
2892 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
2893 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
2894 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
2895 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
2896 it non-idle.
2897
2898 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
2899 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
2900
2901 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
2902 each .network interface in networkd.
2903
2904 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
2905 in .network files.
2906
2907 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
2908 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
2909
2910 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
2911 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
2912 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
2913 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
2914 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
2915 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
2916 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
2917 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
2918 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
2919 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
2920 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
2921 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2922 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
2923 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2924 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
2925 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
2926 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
2927 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
2928 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
2929 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2930 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
2931 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
2932 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
2933 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2934
2935 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
2936
2937 CHANGES WITH 218:
2938
2939 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
2940 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
2941 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
2942 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
2943
2944 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
2945 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
2946 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
2947 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
2948 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
2949
2950 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
2951
2952 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
2953 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
2954 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
2955 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
2956 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
2957 modified configuration after editing.
2958
2959 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
2960 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
2961 system preset files.
2962
2963 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
2964 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
2965 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
2966 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
2967 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
2968 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
2969 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
2970 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
2971 other contexts.
2972
2973 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
2974 inhibitors.
2975
2976 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
2977 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
2978 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
2979 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
2980 managers.
2981
2982 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
2983 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
2984 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
2985 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
2986 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
2987 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
2988 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
2989 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
2990 parallel to journald.
2991
2992 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
2993 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
2994 available.
2995
2996 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
2997 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
2998 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
2999 or are not older than the specified time.
3000
3001 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3002 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3003 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3004 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3005
3006 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3007 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3008 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3009 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3010 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3011 communication.
3012
3013 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3014 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3015 services.
3016
3017 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3018 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3019 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3020 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3021 the new "busctl tree" command.
3022
3023 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3024 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3025 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3026 friendly way.
3027
3028 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3029 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3030 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3031 race-ful way.
3032
3033 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3034 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3035 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3036 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3037 --link-journal=try-guest.
3038
3039 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3040 stable MAC addresses.
3041
3042 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3043 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3044 the respective unit shall use.
3045
3046 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3047 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3048 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3049 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3050
3051 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3052 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3053 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3054 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3055 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3056 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3057
3058 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3059 details see:
3060
3061 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3062
3063 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3064 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3065 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3066 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3067 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3068 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3069 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3070 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3071 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3072 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3073 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3074 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3075
3076 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3077 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3078 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3079 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3080 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3081
3082 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3083 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3084 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3085 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3086 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3087 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3088 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3089 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3090
3091 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3092 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3093 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3094 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3095 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3096 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3097 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3098 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3099 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3100 interface.
3101
3102 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3103 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3104 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3105 luks.name= argument.
3106
3107 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3108 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3109 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3110 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3111 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3112 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3113
3114 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3115 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3116 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3117
3118 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3119 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3120 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3121 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3122 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3123 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3124 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3125 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3126 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3127 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3128 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3129 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3130 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3131 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3132 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3133 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3134 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3135 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3136
3137 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3138
3139 CHANGES WITH 217:
3140
3141 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3142 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3143 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3144 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3145
3146 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3147 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3148 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3149 now waits until the operation is complete.
3150
3151 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3152 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3153 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3154 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3155 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3156 connection.
3157
3158 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3159 commands anymore.
3160
3161 * User units are now loaded also from
3162 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3163 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3164 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3165
3166 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3167 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3168 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3169 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3170 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3171 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3172 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3173 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3174 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3175 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3176 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3177 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3178 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3179 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3180 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3181 question.
3182
3183 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3184 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3185 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3186
3187 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3188 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3189 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3190 command line to trigger resume.
3191
3192 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3193 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3194 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3195 Desktop=systemd-console.
3196
3197 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3198 systemd-networkd.
3199
3200 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3201 from the information provided by the networking stack
3202 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3203
3204 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3205 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3206
3207 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3208 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3209 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3210
3211 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3212
3213 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3214 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3215 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3216 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3217 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3218 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3219
3220 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3221 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3222 respected.
3223
3224 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3225 virtualization.
3226
3227 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3228 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3229 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3230 on.
3231
3232 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3233
3234 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3235
3236 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3237 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3238 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3239 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3240 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3241 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3242 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3243
3244 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3245 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3246 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3247 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3248 from the service's view entirely.
3249
3250 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3251 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3252
3253 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3254 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3255 session.
3256
3257 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3258 legacy-free systems.
3259
3260 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3261 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3262 easily.
3263
3264 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3265 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3266 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3267 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3268 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3269 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3270 option.
3271
3272 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3273 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3274 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3275 /usr.
3276
3277 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3278 services, not only the main process.
3279
3280 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3281 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3282 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3283 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3284 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3285
3286 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3287 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3288 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3289 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3290 directly from now on, again.
3291
3292 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3293 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3294 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3295 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3296 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3297 unit file enabling and disabling.
3298
3299 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3300 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3301 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3302 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3303 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3304 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3305 unnecessary or unlikely.
3306
3307 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3308 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3309 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3310 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3311
3312 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3313 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3314 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3315 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3316 overwritten at runtime.
3317
3318 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3319 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3320 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3321 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3322 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3323 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3324 segmentation fault.
3325
3326 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3327 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3328 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3329 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3330 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3331 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3332 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3333 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3334 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3335 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3336 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3337 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3338 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3339 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3340 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3341 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3342 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3343 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3344 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3345 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3346 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3347 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3348
3349 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3350
3351 CHANGES WITH 216:
3352
3353 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3354 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3355 implementations should add a
3356
3357 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3358
3359 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3360 default functionality.
3361
3362 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3363 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3364 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3365 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3366 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3367 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3368 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3369 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3370 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3371 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3372 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3373 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3374 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3375
3376 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3377 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3378 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3379 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3380 expected to be added eventually, too.
3381
3382 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3383 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3384 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3385 new command to update these fields.
3386
3387 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3388 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3389 have been discovered via DHCP.
3390
3391 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3392 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3393 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3394 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3395 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3396 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3397 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3398 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3399 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3400 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3401 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3402 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3403 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3404 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3405 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3406 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3407 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3408 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3409 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3410 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3411
3412 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3413 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3414 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3415
3416 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3417 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3418 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3419 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3420 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3421 control utility for networkd.
3422
3423 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3424 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3425 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3426 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3427 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3428 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3429 (NoDelay=).
3430
3431 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3432 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3433
3434 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3435 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3436 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3437 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3438 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3439 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3440
3441 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3442 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3443 of the link.
3444
3445 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3446 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3447
3448 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3449 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3450
3451 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3452 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3453 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3454 for DHCP.
3455
3456 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3457 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3458 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3459 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3460 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3461 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3462 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3463 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3464
3465 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3466 validation of unit files.
3467
3468 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3469 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3470 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3471 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3472 address may now be configured.
3473
3474 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3475 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3476 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3477 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3478
3479 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3480 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3481
3482 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3483 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3484 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3485 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3486
3487 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3488 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3489 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3490 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3491 implementation.
3492
3493 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3494 journal data to a remote system running
3495 systemd-journal-remote.
3496
3497 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3498 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3499 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3500 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3501 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3502 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3503 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3504 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3505 version, you have to turn this option on again
3506 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3507
3508 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3509 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3510 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3511
3512 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3513 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3514
3515 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3516 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3517
3518 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3519 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3520 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3521
3522 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3523 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3524 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3525 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3526 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3527
3528 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3529
3530 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3531
3532 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3533 when primary addresses are removed.
3534
3535 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3536 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3537 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3538 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3539 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3540 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3541 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3542 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3543 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3544 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3545 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3546 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3547 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3548 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3549 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3550
3551 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
3552
3553 CHANGES WITH 215:
3554
3555 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3556 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3557 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3558 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3559 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3560 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3561 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3562 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3563 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3564 require.
3565
3566 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3567 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3568
3569 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3570 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3571 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3572 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3573 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3574 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3575 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3576
3577 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3578 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3579 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3580 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3581 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3582 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3583 update or reset should use this condition and order
3584 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3585 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3586 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3587 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3588 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3589 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3590 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
3591 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
3592 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3593
3594 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3595
3596 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3597 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3598 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3599 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3600
3601 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3602 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3603 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3604 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3605 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3606 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3607 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
3608 .network files using settings of this section should be
3609 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3610 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
3611
3612 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3613 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
3614
3615 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3616 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3617 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3618 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3619 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3620 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3621 of nspawn instances.
3622
3623 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3624 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3625 added.
3626
3627 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3628 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3629 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3630 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3631 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3632 configuration stored in /etc.
3633
3634 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3635 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3636 parsing of unknown mount options.
3637
3638 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3639 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3640 it already exist and not already be the correct
3641 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
3642 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3643 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3644 pre-existing files of different types.
3645
3646 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3647 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
3648 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
3649 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3650 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3651 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3652 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3653
3654 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3655 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3656 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3657 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3658 shall be executed.
3659
3660 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3661 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
3662 example whether it is fully up and running.
3663
3664 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3665 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3666 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3667 reset.
3668
3669 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3670 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3671
3672 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3673 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3674 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3675
3676 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3677 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3678 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3679
3680 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3681 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3682 access to this group.
3683
3684 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3685 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3686 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3687 to the journal.
3688
3689 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3690 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3691 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3692 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3693 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3694 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3695
3696 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3697 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3698 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3699 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3700 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3701 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3702 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3703 the old name to the new name.
3704
3705 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
3706 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
3707 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3708
3709 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3710 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3711 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3712 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3713 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3714 "systemd-debug-generator".
3715
3716 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3717 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3718 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3719 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3720 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3721 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3722 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
3723 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3724 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
3725 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3726 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3727
3728 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3729 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3730 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
3731 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3732 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3733 machine and user.
3734
3735 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3736 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3737 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3738 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3739 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3740
3741 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3742 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3743 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3744 couple of drop-in directories.
3745
3746 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3747 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3748 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3749 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3750 for dev_port.
3751
3752 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
3753 container (read from /etc/os-release and
3754 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
3755 "machinectl status" for a machine.
3756
3757 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
3758 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
3759 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
3760 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
3761 Restart= setting.
3762
3763 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
3764 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
3765 directly connect to a specific container on the
3766 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
3767 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
3768 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
3769 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
3770 containers is a privileged operation.
3771
3772 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
3773 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
3774 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
3775 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
3776 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3777 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
3778 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3779 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
3780 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
3781 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
3782 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
3783 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3784
3785 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
3786
3787 CHANGES WITH 214:
3788
3789 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
3790 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
3791 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
3792 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
3793 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
3794 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
3795 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
3796 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
3797 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
3798 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
3799 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
3800 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
3801 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
3802 devices are excluded from this logic.
3803
3804 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
3805 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
3806 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
3807 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
3808 change has been released.
3809
3810 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
3811 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
3812 libattr is thus unnecessary.
3813
3814 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
3815 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
3816 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
3817 with fewer privileges.
3818
3819 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
3820 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
3821 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
3822 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
3823
3824 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
3825 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
3826
3827 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
3828 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
3829
3830 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
3831 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
3832 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
3833
3834 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
3835 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
3836 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
3837 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
3838 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
3839 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
3840
3841 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
3842 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
3843 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
3844
3845 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
3846 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
3847 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
3848 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
3849 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
3850 modifications of user data or system files from
3851 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
3852 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
3853
3854 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
3855 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
3856 and FIFOs in the file system.
3857
3858 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
3859 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
3860 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
3861
3862 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
3863 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
3864 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
3865 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
3866 the socket itself.
3867
3868 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
3869 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
3870 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
3871 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
3872 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
3873 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
3874 symlinks, and nothing else.
3875
3876 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
3877 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
3878 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
3879 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
3880 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
3881 process (for example, the parent process). The
3882 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
3883 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
3884 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
3885 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
3886 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
3887 messages to services when the originating process already
3888 vanished.
3889
3890 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
3891 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
3892 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
3893 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
3894 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
3895 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
3896 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
3897 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
3898 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
3899 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
3900 all long-running services.
3901
3902 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
3903 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
3904 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
3905 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
3906 service.
3907
3908 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
3909 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
3910 applied to all submounts, too.
3911
3912 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
3913
3914 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
3915 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
3916 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
3917 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
3918 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
3919 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
3920 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
3921
3922 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
3923 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
3924 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
3925 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
3926 (domU) domains.
3927
3928 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
3929 files or entire directories.
3930
3931 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
3932 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
3933 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
3934 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
3935 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
3936
3937 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
3938 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
3939 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
3940 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
3941 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
3942 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
3943 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
3944 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
3945 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
3946 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
3947 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
3948 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
3949
3950 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
3951 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
3952 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
3953 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
3954
3955 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
3956 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
3957 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
3958 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
3959 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
3960 non-directories.
3961
3962 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
3963 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
3964 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
3965
3966 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
3967 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
3968 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
3969 this group.
3970
3971 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
3972 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
3973 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
3974 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
3975 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3976 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
3977 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3978
3979 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
3980
3981 CHANGES WITH 213:
3982
3983 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
3984 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
3985 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
3986 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
3987 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
3988 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
3989 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
3990 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
3991 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
3992 client should be more than appropriate for most
3993 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
3994 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
3995 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
3996 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
3997 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
3998 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
3999 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4000 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4001 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4002 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4003 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4004
4005 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4006 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4007 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4008 part of a different namespace.
4009
4010 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4011 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4012 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4013 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4014
4015 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4016 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4017 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4018
4019 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4020 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4021 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4022 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4023 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4024 restart the service in question.
4025
4026 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4027 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4028 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4029 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4030 details when running non-locally.
4031
4032 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4033 graphs it generates.
4034
4035 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4036 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4037 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4038 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4039 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4040
4041 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4042
4043 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4044 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4045 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4046 what it was on SysV systems.
4047
4048 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4049 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4050
4051 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4052 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4053 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4054 files.
4055
4056 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4057 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4058 to show these addresses in its output.
4059
4060 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4061 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4062 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4063 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4064 preferred over a text one.
4065
4066 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4067 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4068 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4069 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4070 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4071 mDNS cache.
4072
4073 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4074 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4075 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4076 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4077 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4078
4079 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4080 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4081 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4082 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4083 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4084
4085 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4086 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4087 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4088 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4089 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4090 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4091 overrides any other settings.
4092
4093 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4094 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4095 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4096 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4097 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4098 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4099 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4100 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4101 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4102 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4103 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4104 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4105 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4106 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4107 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4108 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4109 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4110
4111 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4112
4113 CHANGES WITH 212:
4114
4115 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4116 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4117 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4118 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4119 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4120 by accident.
4121
4122 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4123 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4124 registered with machined.
4125
4126 * sd-login gained new calls
4127 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4128 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4129 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4130 counterparts.
4131
4132 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4133 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4134 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4135 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4136 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4137 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4138 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4139 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4140 once.
4141
4142 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4143 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4144 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4145
4146 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4147 units on all local containers, when used with the
4148 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4149 executed when no parameters are specified).
4150
4151 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4152 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4153 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4154 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4155
4156 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4157 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4158 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4159 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4160 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4161 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4162
4163 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4164 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4165 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4166 of the container.
4167
4168 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4169 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4170 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4171 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4172 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4173 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4174 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4175 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4176
4177 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4178 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4179 instead of /.
4180
4181 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4182 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4183 emergency messages now.
4184
4185 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4186 journal log messages across the network.
4187
4188 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4189 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4190 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4191 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4192 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4193 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4194 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4195
4196 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4197 down a local OS container.
4198
4199 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4200 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4201 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4202
4203 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4204 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4205 this is appropriate.
4206
4207 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4208 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4209 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4210
4211 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4212 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4213 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4214 for debugging purposes.
4215
4216 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4217 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4218 in seconds.
4219
4220 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4221 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4222 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4223 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4224 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4225 like on traditional inetd.
4226
4227 * A new system.conf configuration option
4228 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4229 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4230
4231 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4232 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4233 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4234 do these days).
4235
4236 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4237 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4238 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4239 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4240 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4241 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4242
4243 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4244 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4245 it will be triggered.
4246
4247 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4248 addresses to its local interfaces.
4249
4250 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4251 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4252 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4253 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4254 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4255 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4256 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4257 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4258 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4259
4260 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4261
4262 CHANGES WITH 211:
4263
4264 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4265 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4266 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4267 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4268 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4269 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4270
4271 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4272 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4273 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4274 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4275 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4276 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4277 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4278 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4279 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4280
4281 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4282 matching against device group names.
4283
4284 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4285 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4286 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4287 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4288 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4289 though.
4290
4291 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4292 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4293 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4294 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4295 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4296 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4297 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4298 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4299 systems prepared appropriately.
4300
4301 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4302 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4303 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4304 (see above). This means that installations made with
4305 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4306 deployed using container managers, completely
4307 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4308 this feature soon, too.)
4309
4310 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4311 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4312 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4313 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4314
4315 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4316 using IPv4LL.
4317
4318 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4319 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4320 systemd-networkd.
4321
4322 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4323 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4324 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4325 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4326 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4327
4328 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4329 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4330 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4331 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4332 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4333 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4334 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4335 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4336 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4337 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4338 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4339 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4340 users.
4341
4342 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4343 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4344 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4345 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4346 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4347 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4348 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4349 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4350 due to a closed lid.
4351
4352 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4353 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4354 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4355 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4356 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4357 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4358
4359 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4360 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4361 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4362 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4363 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4364
4365 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4366 now also work in --scope mode.
4367
4368 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4369 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4370 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4371 promises are made.)
4372
4373 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4374 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4375 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4376 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4377 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4378 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4379 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4380 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4381 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4382 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4383
4384 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4385
4386 CHANGES WITH 210:
4387
4388 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4389 according to SMACK rules.
4390
4391 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4392 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4393
4394 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4395 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4396 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4397
4398 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4399 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4400 and machine ID.
4401
4402 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4403 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4404 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4405 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4406 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4407 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4408 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4409 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4410 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4411 backpack or similar.
4412
4413 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4414 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4415 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4416 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4417 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4418 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4419 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4420 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4421 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4422 this on its own.
4423
4424 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4425 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4426 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4427 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4428
4429 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4430 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4431 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4432 --network-bridge= switches.
4433
4434 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4435 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4436 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4437 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4438 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4439 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4440 each configuration option.
4441
4442 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4443 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4444 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4445 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4446 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4447
4448 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4449 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4450 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4451 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4452 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4453
4454 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4455 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4456 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4457 default however.
4458
4459 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4460 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4461 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4462 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4463 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4464 them with systemd-networkd.
4465
4466 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4467 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4468 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4469 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4470 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4471 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4472 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4473 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4474 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4475 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4476 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4477 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4478 during a transitional period!
4479
4480 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4481 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4482 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4483 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4484 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4485 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4486 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4487 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4488
4489 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4490
4491 CHANGES WITH 209:
4492
4493 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4494 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4495 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4496 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4497 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4498 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4499 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4500 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4501 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4502 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4503 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4504 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4505
4506 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4507 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4508 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4509 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4510 machines and the like.
4511
4512 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4513 shutdown/boot.
4514
4515 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4516 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4517
4518 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4519 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4520 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4521 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4522
4523 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4524 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4525 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4526 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4527 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4528 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4529
4530 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4531 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4532 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4533 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4534 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4535 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4536 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4537 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4538 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
4539
4540 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4541 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
4542
4543 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4544 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4545 implementation.
4546
4547 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4548 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
4549 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4550 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4551 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4552 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4553 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4554 and .service units.
4555
4556 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4557 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4558 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4559
4560 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
4561 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
4562 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
4563 nothing makes use of it.
4564
4565 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4566 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4567 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4568
4569 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4570 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4571 compatibility purposes.
4572
4573 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4574 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4575 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
4576 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
4577 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4578 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4579 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4580 process handling.
4581
4582 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4583 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4584 style to "sd-bus.h".
4585
4586 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4587 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
4588 "systemd-networkd".
4589
4590 * There is a new kernel command line option
4591 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4592 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4593 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4594 are not restored.
4595
4596 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4597 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4598 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4599 PID1's support for that anymore.
4600
4601 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
4602 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4603
4604 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4605 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4606 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4607 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4608 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4609 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4610
4611 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4612 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
4613 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4614 onto remote systems.
4615
4616 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4617 login in any local container. This works with any container
4618 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
4619 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
4620
4621 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4622 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4623 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4624 system of some kind.
4625
4626 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4627 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4628 next.
4629
4630 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4631 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4632 reboot() system call.
4633
4634 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4635 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
4636 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
4637 still available but not advertised anymore.
4638
4639 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4640 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
4641 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
4642 within each Unit.
4643
4644 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4645 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
4646 the kernel).
4647
4648 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
4649 timestamps (following the setting in
4650 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
4651
4652 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4653 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4654
4655 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4656 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4657
4658 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4659 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4660 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4661
4662 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4663 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
4664 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4665 the full configuration is shown.
4666
4667 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4668 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
4669 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4670
4671 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
4672
4673 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4674 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4675
4676 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
4677 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4678 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4679 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4680
4681 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4682 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4683 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4684 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4685
4686 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4687 of the legend text.
4688
4689 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4690 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4691 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4692 remote sessions.
4693
4694 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4695 information of SDIO devices.
4696
4697 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4698 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4699 the system manager.
4700
4701 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
4702 short description of the connection parameters in the
4703 description.
4704
4705 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
4706 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4707 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
4708 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4709 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4710 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4711 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
4712
4713 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4714 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
4715 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4716 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4717 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4718 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
4719 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
4720 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
4721 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4722
4723 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4724 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4725 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4726 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
4727 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4728 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
4729 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
4730 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
4731 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4732 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4733 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4734 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4735 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4736 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4737 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4738 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4739 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4740 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4741 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
4742 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4743 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
4744 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4745 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4746
4747 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
4748 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
4749 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4750 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4751 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4752 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
4753 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
4754 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4755 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
4756 that you are aware of the instability of the current
4757 APIs.
4758
4759 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
4760 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
4761 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4762 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
4763 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
4764 declare the APIs stable.
4765
4766 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
4767 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
4768 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
4769 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
4770 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
4771 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
4772 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
4773 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
4774 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
4775 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
4776 one of them is updated.
4777
4778 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4779 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
4780 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
4781 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
4782 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
4783
4784 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
4785 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
4786 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4787 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
4788 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
4789 entry points.
4790
4791 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
4792 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
4793 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
4794 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
4795 been disabled at compile-time.
4796
4797 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
4798 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
4799 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
4800 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
4801
4802 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
4803 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
4804 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
4805
4806 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
4807 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
4808 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
4809
4810 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
4811 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
4812 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
4813
4814 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
4815 remains until jobs expire.
4816
4817 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
4818 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
4819 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
4820 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
4821 all remaining processes of the service.
4822
4823 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
4824 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
4825 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
4826 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
4827 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
4828 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
4829 manager process which created them takes no further
4830 responsibilities for it.
4831
4832 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
4833 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
4834 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
4835 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
4836 marked executable or world-writable.
4837
4838 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
4839 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
4840 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
4841 "--setenv=" for consistency.
4842
4843 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
4844 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
4845 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
4846 independent of the host.
4847
4848 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
4849 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
4850 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
4851 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
4852
4853 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
4854 with specific SELinux labels set.
4855
4856 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
4857 any additional output but the container's own console
4858 output.
4859
4860 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
4861 container without PID namespacing enabled.
4862
4863 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
4864 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
4865 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
4866 OS images, but only specific apps.
4867
4868 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
4869 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
4870 results in registration of the unit service itself in
4871 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
4872
4873 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
4874 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4875 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
4876 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
4877 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
4878 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
4879
4880 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
4881 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
4882 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
4883 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
4884 units to use.
4885
4886 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
4887 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
4888 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
4889 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
4890
4891 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
4892 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
4893 context for a service.
4894
4895 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
4896 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
4897 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
4898 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
4899 influence this logic.
4900
4901 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
4902 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
4903 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
4904 other things.
4905
4906 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
4907 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
4908 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
4909 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
4910 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
4911 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
4912 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4913 architectures). There is also a global
4914 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
4915 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
4916
4917 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
4918 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
4919
4920 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
4921 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
4922 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4923 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
4924 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
4925 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
4926 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
4927 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
4928 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4929 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
4930 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
4931 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4932 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4933 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
4934 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4935 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
4936 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
4937 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
4938 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
4939 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
4940 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4941 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
4942 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
4943 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4944
4945 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
4946
4947 CHANGES WITH 208:
4948
4949 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
4950 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
4951 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
4952 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
4953 access input and drm devices which are normally
4954 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
4955 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
4956 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
4957 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
4958 session switching without allowing background sessions to
4959 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
4960 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
4961 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
4962
4963 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
4964 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
4965 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
4966
4967 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
4968 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
4969 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
4970 kernel version number.
4971
4972 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
4973 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
4974 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
4975
4976 * This release removes high-level support for the
4977 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
4978 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
4979 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
4980 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
4981
4982 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
4983 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
4984 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
4985 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
4986 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
4987 cgroup system.
4988
4989 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
4990 messages containing the slice a message was generated
4991 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
4992 logs among other things.
4993
4994 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
4995 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
4996 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
4997 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
4998 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
4999 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5000 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5001 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5002 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5003 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5004 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5005 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5006 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5007 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5008 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5009 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5010 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5011 not delayed until next reboot.
5012
5013 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5014 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5015 systemd generated files in one directory.
5016
5017 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5018 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5019 performance information if that's available to determine how
5020 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5021 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5022 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5023
5024 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5025 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5026 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5027 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5028 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5029 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5030 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5031
5032 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5033
5034 CHANGES WITH 207:
5035
5036 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5037 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5038 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5039 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5040
5041 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5042 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5043 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5044 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5045 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5046
5047 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5048 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5049
5050 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5051 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5052 maximum number of tries.
5053
5054 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5055 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5056 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5057
5058 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5059 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5060
5061 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5062 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5063 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5064
5065 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5066 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5067 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5068
5069 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5070 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5071 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5072 and type).
5073
5074 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5075 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5076
5077 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5078 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5079 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5080 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5081
5082 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5083 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5084 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5085 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5086 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5087 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5088 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5089 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5090
5091 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5092 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5093 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5094 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5095
5096 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5097 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5098 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5099 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5100 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5101 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5102 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5103
5104 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5105 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5106
5107 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5108 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5109 automatically after the process terminated.
5110
5111 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5112 certain paths from operation.
5113
5114 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5115 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5116 is received.
5117
5118 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5119 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5120 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5121 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5122 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5123 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5124 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5125 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5126 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5127 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5128 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5129 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5130 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5131
5132 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5133
5134 CHANGES WITH 206:
5135
5136 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5137 concepts introduced with 205.
5138
5139 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5140 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5141 -r".
5142
5143 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5144 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5145 --state= parameter.
5146
5147 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5148 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5149 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5150 the journal.
5151
5152 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5153 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5154 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5155
5156 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5157 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5158 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5159 browsing logs from that point on.
5160
5161 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5162 of an FSS key.
5163
5164 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5165 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5166 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5167 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5168 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5169 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5170 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5171 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5172 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5173 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5174 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5175 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5176 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5177 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5178
5179 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5180 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5181 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5182 backing module right-away.
5183
5184 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5185 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5186
5187 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5188 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5189
5190 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5191 set of processes in the message metadata.
5192
5193 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5194
5195 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5196 support for passing performance data via environment
5197 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5198 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5199 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5200 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5201 deserialize it again.
5202
5203 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5204 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5205 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5206 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5207
5208 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5209 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5210 completely silent shutdown when used.
5211
5212 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5213 option in .socket units.
5214
5215 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5216 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5217 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5218 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5219 system.slice as before.
5220
5221 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5222
5223 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5224 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5225 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5226 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5227 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5228 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5229 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5230
5231 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5232
5233 CHANGES WITH 205:
5234
5235 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5236
5237 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5238 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5239 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5240 possible for system services and applications to group their
5241 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5242 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5243 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5244
5245 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5246 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5247 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5248 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5249 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5250
5251 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5252 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5253 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5254 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5255
5256 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5257 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5258 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5259 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5260 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5261 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5262 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5263 and useful as a general batch manager.
5264
5265 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5266 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5267 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5268 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5269 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5270 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5271 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5272 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5273 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5274 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5275
5276 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5277 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5278 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5279 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5280 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5281 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5282 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5283 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5284 is compile-time optional.
5285
5286 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5287 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5288 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5289 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5290 well as slice units.
5291
5292 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5293 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5294 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5295 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5296 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5297 command that wraps this call.
5298
5299 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5300 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5301 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5302 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5303 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5304 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5305 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5306
5307 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5308 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5309 off audit.
5310
5311 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5312 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5313
5314 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5315 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5316 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5317 and system logs.
5318
5319 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5320 snippets extending unit files.
5321
5322 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5323 not available as public API.
5324
5325 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5326 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5327 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5328
5329 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5330 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5331 controls what to boot into by default.
5332
5333 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5334 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5335
5336 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5337 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5338 about the unit file loading.
5339
5340 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5341 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5342 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5343 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5344 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5345 racy due to journal file rotation.
5346
5347 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5348 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5349 all services.
5350
5351 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5352 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5353 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5354 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5355 system services want to log events about specific client
5356 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5357 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5358 unit is requested.
5359
5360 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5361 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5362 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5363 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5364 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5365 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5366 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5367 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5368 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5369 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5370 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5371 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5372 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5373
5374 CHANGES WITH 204:
5375
5376 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5377 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5378
5379 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5380 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5381 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5382
5383 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5384 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5385
5386 CHANGES WITH 203:
5387
5388 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5389 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5390
5391 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5392 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5393 fields, including the root directory.
5394
5395 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5396 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5397 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5398 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5399 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5400 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5401 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5402 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5403 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5404 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5405 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5406
5407 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5408 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5409
5410 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5411 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5412
5413 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5414 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5415 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5416 the local hostname.
5417
5418 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5419 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5420 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5421 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5422 VMs/containers coming and going.
5423
5424 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5425 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5426 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5427
5428 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5429 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5430 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5431 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5432
5433 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5434 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5435 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5436
5437 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5438 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5439 services. With the container's root directory in
5440 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5441 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5442
5443 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5444 the processes within a certain container.
5445
5446 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5447 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5448 check though. Patches welcome!
5449
5450 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5451 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5452 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5453 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5454 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5455
5456 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5457 the passed argument if applicable.
5458
5459 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5460 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5461 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5462 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5463 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5464 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5465 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5466 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5467
5468 CHANGES WITH 202:
5469
5470 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5471 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5472 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5473 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5474 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5475 units activate.
5476
5477 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5478 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5479 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5480 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5481 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5482 for now, and not installable.
5483
5484 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5485 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5486 can run in conjunction with udev.
5487
5488 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5489 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5490 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5491 session manager.
5492
5493 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5494 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5495 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5496 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5497 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5498 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5499 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5500 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5501 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5502 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5503 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5504
5505 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5506
5507 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5508 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5509 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5510 logical expressions.
5511
5512 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5513 switches.
5514
5515 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5516 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5517 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5518 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5519 the user.
5520
5521 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5522 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5523 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5524 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5525 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5526 an entry.
5527
5528 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5529 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5530 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5531 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5532 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5533 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5534
5535 CHANGES WITH 201:
5536
5537 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5538 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5539 directory.
5540
5541 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5542 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5543 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5544 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5545 problem.
5546
5547 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5548 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5549 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5550 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5551
5552 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5553 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5554
5555 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5556 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5557 files in this context are files such as
5558 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5559
5560 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5561 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5562 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5563 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5564 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5565 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5566
5567 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5568 hostnames.
5569
5570 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5571 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5572 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5573 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5574 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5575 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5576 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5577 all time-related output of systemd.
5578
5579 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5580 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5581 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5582 loops.
5583
5584 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5585 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5586
5587 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5588 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
5589 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
5590 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5591 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5592
5593 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5594 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5595 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5596 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5597 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5598 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5599 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5600
5601 CHANGES WITH 200:
5602
5603 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5604 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5605 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5606 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5607 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5608 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5609
5610 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5611 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5612 images.
5613
5614 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5615 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5616 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5617
5618 CHANGES WITH 199:
5619
5620 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5621
5622 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5623 security policy.
5624
5625 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5626 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5627 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5628 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5629 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5630 the same service can still access). When a service is
5631 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
5632 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
5633 this though).
5634
5635 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5636 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5637 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5638 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5639 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5640 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5641
5642 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
5643 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
5644
5645 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5646 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5647
5648 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5649
5650 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
5651 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5652 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5653 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5654 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
5655
5656 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5657 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5658 system is to be mounted.
5659
5660 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5661 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5662 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5663 purpose for socket units.
5664
5665 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5666 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5667
5668 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5669 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
5670 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
5671 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
5672 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
5673
5674 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5675 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5676 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5677 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5678 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5679 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5680 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5681 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5682 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5683
5684 CHANGES WITH 198:
5685
5686 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5687 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5688 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5689 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5690 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
5691 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
5692 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5693 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5694 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
5695 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5696 unit files locally: copying the files from
5697 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5698 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5699 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5700 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
5701 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
5702 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5703 for them too.
5704
5705 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
5706 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
5707 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5708 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5709 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5710 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5711 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
5712 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5713 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
5714
5715 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5716 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5717
5718 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
5719 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5720 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5721 other users.
5722
5723 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5724 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5725 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5726 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5727 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
5728 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
5729 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5730 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
5731 management logic is also available to other programs via the
5732 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5733 supported.
5734
5735 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
5736 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5737 the foreground VT.
5738
5739 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5740 call.
5741
5742 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5743 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5744 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
5745 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5746 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5747 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
5748 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5749 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5750 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5751 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
5752 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
5753 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
5754 also been removed.
5755
5756 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
5757 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
5758 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
5759 objects themselves.
5760
5761 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
5762
5763 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
5764 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
5765 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
5766 to how this is supported in shells.
5767
5768 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
5769 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
5770 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
5771 user systemd instance.
5772
5773 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
5774 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
5775 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
5776 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
5777 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
5778 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
5779 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
5780 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
5781 one day for good in the kernel.
5782
5783 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
5784 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
5785 container.
5786
5787 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
5788 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
5789 the host into the container.
5790
5791 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
5792 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
5793 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
5794 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
5795 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
5796 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
5797
5798 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
5799
5800 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
5801 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
5802 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
5803 configured to be mounted there.
5804
5805 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
5806 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
5807 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
5808 system resume events.
5809
5810 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
5811 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
5812 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
5813 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
5814
5815 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
5816 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
5817 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
5818 card).
5819
5820 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
5821 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
5822 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
5823
5824 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
5825 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
5826 later "change" event.
5827
5828 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
5829 now carry a message ID.
5830
5831 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
5832 continues to be work in progress.
5833
5834 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
5835 root directory to operate relative to.
5836
5837 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
5838 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
5839 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
5840 times a little.
5841
5842 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
5843 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
5844 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
5845 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
5846 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
5847 request boot into firmware operations.
5848
5849 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
5850 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
5851 correctly in initrds.
5852
5853 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
5854 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
5855
5856 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
5857 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
5858
5859 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
5860 the status of all active or failed units.
5861
5862 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
5863 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
5864 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
5865 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
5866 requests more robust.
5867
5868 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
5869 reading journal files.
5870
5871 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
5872 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
5873
5874 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
5875
5876 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
5877 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
5878
5879 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
5880 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
5881 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
5882 socket activation in daemons.
5883
5884 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
5885 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
5886
5887 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
5888 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
5889 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
5890
5891 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
5892 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
5893 system units.
5894
5895 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
5896 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
5897 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
5898
5899 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
5900 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
5901 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
5902 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
5903 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
5904 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
5905 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
5906 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
5907 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
5908 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
5909 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
5910 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
5911 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
5912 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
5913 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
5914 package installation time.
5915
5916 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
5917 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
5918 scripts need to create these system user/group at
5919 installation time.
5920
5921 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
5922 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
5923
5924 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
5925
5926 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
5927 available.
5928
5929 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
5930 load SMACK policies at early boot.
5931
5932 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
5933 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
5934 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
5935 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
5936 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5937 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
5938 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
5939 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
5940 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
5941 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
5942 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
5943 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5944 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
5945 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
5946
5947 CHANGES WITH 197:
5948
5949 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
5950 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
5951 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
5952 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
5953 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
5954 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
5955 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
5956 the supported calendar time specification language see
5957 systemd.time(7).
5958
5959 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
5960 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
5961 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
5962 document for details:
5963
5964 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
5965
5966 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
5967 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
5968 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
5969 implementations around and minimal in its code and
5970 dependencies.
5971
5972 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
5973 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
5974 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
5975 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
5976 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
5977 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
5978 with a configure switch.
5979
5980 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
5981 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
5982 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
5983 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
5984 such as ext4.
5985
5986 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
5987 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
5988 identities are attached to the devices as well.
5989
5990 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
5991 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
5992
5993 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
5994 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
5995 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
5996 using only core OS tools.
5997
5998 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
5999 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6000 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6001 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6002 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6003 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6004 eventually.
6005
6006 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6007 presenting log data.
6008
6009 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6010 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6011
6012 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6013 system on idle.
6014
6015 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6016 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6017 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6018 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6019 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6020 information if possible.
6021
6022 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6023 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6024 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6025
6026 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6027 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6028 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6029 is running on battery power.
6030
6031 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6032 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6033 is in the "failed" state.
6034
6035 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6036 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6037 environment files at once.
6038
6039 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6040 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6041 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6042 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6043 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6044 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6045 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6046 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6047 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6048 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6049 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6050 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6051 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6052
6053 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6054 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6055
6056 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6057 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6058
6059 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6060 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6061 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6062 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6063 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6064 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6065 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6066 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6067 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6068 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6069 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6070 shipped from us upstream.
6071
6072 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6073 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6074 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6075 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6076 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6077 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6078 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6079 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6080 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6081 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6082 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6083 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6084 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6085
6086 CHANGES WITH 196:
6087
6088 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6089 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6090 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6091 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6092 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6093 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6094 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6095 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6096 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6097 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6098 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6099 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6100 data for all devices where this is available, by
6101 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6102 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6103 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6104 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6105 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6106 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6107
6108 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6109 indexed database to link up additional information with
6110 journal entries. For further details please check:
6111
6112 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6113
6114 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6115 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6116 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6117 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6118 macro for this purpose.
6119
6120 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6121 Python logging framework.
6122
6123 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6124 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6125 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6126 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6127 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6128 time intervals.
6129
6130 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6131 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6132 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6133
6134 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6135 right-away on the selected coredump.
6136
6137 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6138 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6139 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6140
6141 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6142 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6143 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6144 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6145
6146 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6147 default.
6148
6149 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6150 SMACK security label.
6151
6152 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6153 daylight saving change.
6154
6155 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6156 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6157 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6158 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6159 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6160 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6161 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6162
6163 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6164 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6165 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6166 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6167 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6168 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6169 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6170 PolicyKit is not around.
6171
6172 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6173 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6174
6175 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6176 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6177 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6178 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6179 offline updating tools.
6180
6181 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6182 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6183 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6184 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6185 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6186 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6187
6188 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6189 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6190
6191 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6192 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6193 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6194 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6195 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6196 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6197 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6198 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6199 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6200
6201 CHANGES WITH 195:
6202
6203 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6204 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6205 units via --unit=/-u.
6206
6207 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6208 right thing.
6209
6210 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6211 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6212 rotation.
6213
6214 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6215 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6216 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6217 completion of journalctl has been updated
6218 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6219 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6220
6221 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6222 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6223
6224 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6225 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6226 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6227 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6228 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6229 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6230 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6231 completion.
6232
6233 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6234 extract coredumps from the journal.
6235
6236 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6237 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6238 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6239 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6240 scratch their heads.
6241
6242 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6243 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6244
6245 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6246 in immediate termination of systemd.
6247
6248 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6249 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6250
6251 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6252 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6253 mouse screen support has been added.
6254
6255 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6256 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6257
6258 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6259 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6260 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6261 "systemctl reload".
6262
6263 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6264 -u" instead.
6265
6266 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6267 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6268 configured.
6269
6270 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6271 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6272
6273 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6274 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6275 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6276 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6277 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6278 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6279 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6280
6281 CHANGES WITH 194:
6282
6283 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6284 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6285 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6286 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6287 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6288 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6289 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6290 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6291 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6292 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6293 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6294 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6295
6296 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6297 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6298 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6299
6300 CHANGES WITH 193:
6301
6302 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6303 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6304
6305 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6306 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6307 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6308
6309 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6310 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6311 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6312 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6313 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6314 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6315 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6316
6317 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6318 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6319
6320 This will download the journal contents in a
6321 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6322
6323 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6324
6325 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6326 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6327 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6328 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6329 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6330
6331 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6332
6333 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6334 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6335
6336 CHANGES WITH 192:
6337
6338 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6339 too.
6340
6341 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6342 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6343 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6344 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6345 just start them.
6346
6347 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6348 and line break accordingly.
6349
6350 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6351 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6352
6353 CHANGES WITH 191:
6354
6355 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6356 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6357 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6358 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6359 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6360
6361 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6362 will default to 10 if omitted.
6363
6364 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6365 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6366 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6367 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6368 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6369
6370 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6371 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6372 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6373 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6374 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6375 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6376 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6377
6378 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6379 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6380 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6381 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6382 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6383 into two.
6384
6385 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6386 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6387
6388 CHANGES WITH 190:
6389
6390 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6391 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6392 "systemctl status".
6393
6394 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6395 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6396 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6397 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6398 field.)
6399
6400 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6401 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6402 default.
6403
6404 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6405 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6406 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6407 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6408 in a container.
6409
6410 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6411 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6412 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6413 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6414 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6415 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6416
6417 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6418 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6419 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6420 no-op.
6421
6422 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6423 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6424 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6425 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6426 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6427
6428 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6429 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6430
6431 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6432 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6433 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6434 command.
6435
6436 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6437 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6438 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6439
6440 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6441
6442 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6443 multiple files at once.
6444
6445 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6446 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6447 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6448 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6449 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6450 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6451 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6452
6453 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6454 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6455 now support specifiers as well.
6456
6457 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6458 dir: %_presetdir.
6459
6460 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6461 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6462
6463 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6464 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6465 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6466 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6467 anymore.
6468
6469 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6470 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6471 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6472 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6473
6474 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6475 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6476 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6477
6478 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6479 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6480 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6481 sockets.
6482
6483 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6484 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6485 is changed.
6486
6487 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6488 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6489 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6490 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6491 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6492 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6493 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6494
6495 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6496
6497 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6498 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6499
6500 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6501 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6502
6503 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6504 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6505 (%b).
6506
6507 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6508 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6509 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6510 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6511 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6512 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6513 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6514
6515 CHANGES WITH 189:
6516
6517 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6518 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6519
6520 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6521 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6522 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6523 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6524 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6525 syslog daemons again.
6526
6527 * The libudev API gained the new
6528 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6529
6530 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6531 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6532 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6533 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6534
6535 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6536 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6537 container.
6538
6539 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6540 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6541 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6542 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6543 this explaining it in more detail.
6544
6545 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6546 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6547 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6548 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6549
6550 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6551 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6552 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6553 journal files.
6554
6555 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6556 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6557 as container init process a lot more fun.
6558
6559 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6560 entries.
6561
6562 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6563 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6564 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6565 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6566 different sets of services.
6567
6568 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6569 failure state.
6570
6571 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
6572 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6573 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6574
6575 CHANGES WITH 188:
6576
6577 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6578 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6579 tree a lot more organized.
6580
6581 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6582 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6583
6584 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6585 services.
6586
6587 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6588 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6589 filtering by log level now.
6590
6591 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6592 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6593 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6594
6595 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
6596 command lines involving service unit names.
6597
6598 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6599 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6600
6601 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6602 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6603 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6604
6605 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6606 option.
6607
6608 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6609 a shutdown is cancelled.
6610
6611 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6612 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6613 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6614 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6615 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6616
6617 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6618 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6619 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6620 for display managers instead.
6621
6622 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6623 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6624 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6625 protection, and suchlike.
6626
6627 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6628 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6629 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6630 the service.
6631
6632 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6633 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6634 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6635 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6636 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6637 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6638
6639 CHANGES WITH 187:
6640
6641 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6642 pages.
6643
6644 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6645 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6646 data loss.
6647
6648 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
6649 option.
6650
6651 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6652
6653 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6654 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6655
6656 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6657 specific directory.
6658
6659 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6660 messages of two different boots.
6661
6662 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6663 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6664 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6665
6666 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6667 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6668 disjunctions.
6669
6670 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6671 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6672 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6673
6674 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6675 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6676 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6677
6678 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6679 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6680 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6681 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6682 speed things up a bit.
6683
6684 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6685 header data of journal files.
6686
6687 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6688 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6689 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6690
6691 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6692 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6693 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6694 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6695
6696 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6697
6698 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6699 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6700 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6701 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6702
6703 CHANGES WITH 186:
6704
6705 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6706 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6707 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6708 prefixed with rd.
6709
6710 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6711 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6712
6713 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6714
6715 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6716
6717 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
6718
6719 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6720 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6721 as well.
6722
6723 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6724 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6725 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6726
6727 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6728 does the right thing. Example:
6729
6730 udevadm info /dev/sda
6731 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6732
6733 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6734 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6735 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6736 running.
6737
6738 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6739 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6740
6741 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6742 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6743
6744 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6745 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6746 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6747 files.
6748
6749 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6750 be stopped that is not loaded.
6751
6752 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
6753
6754 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
6755
6756 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
6757 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
6758 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
6759 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
6760
6761 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
6762 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
6763 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
6764 completed initialization.
6765
6766 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
6767
6768 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
6769 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
6770 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
6771 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
6772 distributions.
6773
6774 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
6775 always valid when services log to the journal via
6776 STDOUT/STDERR.
6777
6778 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
6779 command line options we understand.
6780
6781 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
6782 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
6783
6784 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
6785 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
6786
6787 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
6788 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
6789 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
6790 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
6791
6792 systemctl status /home
6793 systemctl status /dev/sda
6794
6795 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
6796 system.conf parsing.
6797
6798 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
6799 Manager object.
6800
6801 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
6802
6803 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
6804
6805 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
6806 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
6807 complete.
6808
6809 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
6810 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
6811 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
6812 systemd-fsck@.service.
6813
6814 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
6815 Manager object.
6816
6817 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
6818 work sensibly.
6819
6820 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
6821 we actually understand.
6822
6823 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
6824 additional capabilities to the container.
6825
6826 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
6827 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
6828 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
6829
6830 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
6831 the current boot only.
6832
6833 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
6834 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
6835
6836 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
6837 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
6838 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
6839 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
6840 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
6841
6842 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6843
6844 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
6845 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6846 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
6847 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
6848
6849 CHANGES WITH 185:
6850
6851 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
6852 available.
6853
6854 * Several new man pages have been added.
6855
6856 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
6857 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
6858 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
6859 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
6860
6861 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
6862 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
6863
6864 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
6865 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6866 Matthias Clasen
6867
6868 CHANGES WITH 184:
6869
6870 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
6871 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
6872
6873 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
6874 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
6875 daemon.
6876
6877 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
6878 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
6879
6880 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
6881 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
6882 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
6883 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
6884
6885 CHANGES WITH 183:
6886
6887 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
6888 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
6889 and systemd's most recent version number.
6890
6891 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
6892 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
6893 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
6894 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
6895 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
6896 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
6897
6898 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
6899 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
6900 subsystems.
6901
6902 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
6903 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
6904 used to subscribe to events.
6905
6906 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
6907 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
6908 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
6909 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
6910 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
6911 forked by udev rules.
6912
6913 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
6914 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
6915 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
6916 it.
6917
6918 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
6919 udev_monitor_from_socket()
6920 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
6921 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
6922 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
6923
6924 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
6925 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
6926
6927 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
6928 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
6929 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
6930 the files to the new names on upgrade.
6931
6932 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
6933 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
6934 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
6935 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
6936 to be used as drop-in files.
6937
6938 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
6939 particular suspending and hibernating.
6940
6941 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
6942 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
6943 about this in more detail.
6944
6945 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
6946 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
6947 places). Distributions which have not converted these
6948 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
6949 from git history and add them downstream.
6950
6951 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
6952 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
6953 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
6954 units.
6955
6956 * All smaller setup units (such as
6957 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
6958 are run in a container and are skipped when
6959 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
6960 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
6961
6962 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
6963 integrated, for details see:
6964 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
6965
6966 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
6967 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
6968 messages.
6969
6970 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
6971 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
6972 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
6973 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
6974 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
6975
6976 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
6977 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
6978 for all units started by PID 1.
6979
6980 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
6981 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
6982 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
6983
6984 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
6985 of PID 1 anymore.
6986
6987 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
6988 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
6989 have not been read by systemd yet.
6990
6991 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
6992 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
6993 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
6994 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
6995 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
6996 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
6997
6998 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
6999 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7000
7001 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7002
7003 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7004 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7005 so sexy.
7006
7007 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7008 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7009 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7010 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7011 patterns.
7012
7013 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7014 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7015 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7016 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7017
7018 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7019 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7020
7021 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7022 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7023 in systemd now.
7024
7025 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7026 ID on the command line.
7027
7028 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7029 for an init system.
7030
7031 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7032 vt100.
7033
7034 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7035
7036 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7037 components now have directories of their own.
7038
7039 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7040
7041 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7042 container in other hierarchies.
7043
7044 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7045 system.conf.
7046
7047 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7048
7049 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7050 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7051
7052 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7053 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7054
7055 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7056 locally generated journal files.
7057
7058 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7059
7060 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7061
7062 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7063 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7064 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7065 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7066 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7067 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7068 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7069 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7070 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7071 Gundersen
7072
7073 CHANGES WITH 44:
7074
7075 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7076
7077 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7078 KVM or container configured UUID.
7079
7080 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7081
7082 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7083
7084 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7085 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7086
7087 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7088
7089 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7090 folks
7091
7092 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7093 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7094 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7095
7096 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7097 configuration
7098
7099 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7100 free fashion
7101
7102 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7103 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7104 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7105 automatically generated data.
7106
7107 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7108 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7109 however.
7110
7111 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7112 tarball.
7113
7114 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7115 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7116 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7117 Reding
7118
7119 CHANGES WITH 43:
7120
7121 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7122
7123 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7124
7125 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7126
7127 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7128 normal user logins.
7129
7130 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7131 Biebl
7132
7133 CHANGES WITH 42:
7134
7135 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7136
7137 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7138 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7139 xsltproc.
7140
7141 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7142 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7143 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7144
7145 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7146 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7147 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7148
7149 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7150
7151 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7152 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7153 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7154
7155 CHANGES WITH 41:
7156
7157 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7158 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7159 package update.
7160
7161 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7162 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7163 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7164
7165 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7166 complete.
7167
7168 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7169 understood to set system wide environment variables
7170 dynamically at boot.
7171
7172 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7173
7174 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7175 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7176 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7177 files.
7178
7179 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7180 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7181 William Douglas
7182
7183 CHANGES WITH 40:
7184
7185 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7186
7187 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7188 "Result" D-Bus property.
7189
7190 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7191 the next few releases.)
7192
7193 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7194 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7195 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7196 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7197
7198 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7199 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7200 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7201
7202 CHANGES WITH 39:
7203
7204 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7205 bugfixes.
7206
7207 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7208 resource usage.
7209
7210 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7211 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7212 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7213 journals by the respective users.
7214
7215 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7216 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7217 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7218
7219 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7220 client for all entries.
7221
7222 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7223
7224 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7225 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7226
7227 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7228 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7229 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7230 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7231
7232 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7233 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7234 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7235
7236 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7237 journal along with meta data.
7238
7239 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7240 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7241 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7242
7243 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7244 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7245 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7246
7247 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7248
7249 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7250 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7251 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7252 or fsck.
7253
7254 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7255 requested with new -k switch.
7256
7257 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7258 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7259
7260 CHANGES WITH 38:
7261
7262 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7263 bugfixes.
7264
7265 * The git repository moved to:
7266 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7267 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7268
7269 * First release with the journal
7270 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7271
7272 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7273 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7274
7275 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7276
7277 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7278
7279 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7280 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7281 remote mounts.
7282
7283 * Added Mageia support
7284
7285 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7286
7287 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7288 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7289 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7290 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7291 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7292
7293 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7294 of existing distributions.
7295
7296 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7297 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7298
7299 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7300 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7301 boot.
7302
7303 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7304
7305 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7306 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7307 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7308 among other things.
7309
7310 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7311 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7312
7313 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7314
7315 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7316 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7317 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7318
7319 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7320 restored.
7321
7322 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7323 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7324 kmod
7325
7326 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7327 of /usr/local by default.
7328
7329 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7330 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7331 in:
7332 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7333
7334 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7335 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7336 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7337 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7338 supported anyway, and bad style).
7339
7340 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7341 reloading of units together.
7342
7343 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7344 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7345 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7346 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7347 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek